{"title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs","description":"\u003cp\u003eSportline is the lowest spring Eibach makes. It drops the car further than Pro-Kit for a hard, planted stance, and still runs on the original dampers. Across the kits we stock it lowers 15–50 mm at the front and 10–50 mm at the rear, depending on the vehicle. Check your car's figures on the product page before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/eibach\"\u003eAll Eibach\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/vehicles\"\u003eBrowse by vehicle\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/parts-a-z\"\u003eParts A–Z\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"e20-30-001-01-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-30-001-01-22 – Fiat Punto II (188)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-30-001-01-22 for the Fiat Punto (188), lowering the car by 45–50 mm at the front and 35–40 mm at the rear, approved to 900 kg front and 750 kg rear axle load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-30-001-01-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35–40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 900 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 750 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-30-001-01-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-30-001-01-HA, M45-30-001-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E203000101.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 vehicle, 1 fitment row\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 45–50 mm at the front and 35–40 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Fiat Punto (188), 09\/1999–03\/2012, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-30-001-01-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-30-001-01-HA · M45-30-001-01-01). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57407278383428,"sku":"E20-30-001-01-22","price":164.85,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-63-010-01-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-63-010-01-22 – Nissan Micra III (K12)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-63-010-01-22 for the Nissan Micra III \/ March (K12), lowering the car by 40–50 mm at the front and 35–40 mm at the rear, approved to 860 kg front and 800 kg rear axle load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-63-010-01-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40–50 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35–40 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.0 16V, 1.2, 1.2 16V, 1.3, 1.4, 1.4 16V, 1.5 dCi:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm front \/ 40 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e160 SR:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40–50 mm front \/ 35–40 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 860 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 800 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-63-010-01-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-63-010-01-HA, M45-63-003-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E2063010.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e M1063010.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 vehicle, 2 fitment rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 40–50 mm at the front and 35–40 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Nissan Micra III \/ March (K12), 01\/2003–06\/2010, FWD; and Nissan Micra III \/ March (K12), 05\/2005–06\/2010, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-63-010-01-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-63-010-01-HA · M45-63-003-01-01). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57407278416196,"sku":"E20-63-010-01-22","price":170.51,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-30-010-02-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-30-010-02-22 – Abarth Punto \/ Fiat Grande Punto \/ Fiat Punto Evo","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-30-010-02-22 for the Fiat Punto \/ Grande Punto (199), lowering the car by 30–45 mm at the front and 20–30 mm at the rear, approved to 1000 kg front and 850 kg rear axle load, covering 5 vehicle variants in the Eibach application list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-30-010-02-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–45 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20–30 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.4, 1.4 Abarth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–35 mm front \/ 20 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.4 T-Jet, 1.3 D Multijet, 1.6 D Multijet, 1.9 D Multijet, 1.4 Turbo Multi Air, 1.3 Mul…:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40–45 mm front \/ 30 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 850 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-30-010-02-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-30-010-01-HA, M45-30-010-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E203001001.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 vehicles, 6 fitment rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 30–45 mm at the front and 20–30 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Abarth Punto \/ Grande Punto (199), from 12\/2007, FWD; Fiat Punto \/ Grande Punto (199), from 10\/2005, FWD; Fiat Punto \/ Grande Punto (199), from 12\/2007, FWD; Fiat Punto EVO (199), 07\/2008–02\/2012, FWD; Fiat Punto EVO Van \/ BOX, from 03\/2009; and Fiat Punto (199), from 03\/2012 — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-30-010-02-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-30-010-01-HA · M45-30-010-01-01). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57407278448964,"sku":"E20-30-010-02-22","price":180.58,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-15-021-02-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-15-021-02-22 – Seat Leon \/ Audi A3","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-15-021-02-22 for the Seat Leon (5F1), lowering the car by 25–45 mm at the front and 20–40 mm at the rear, approved to 1100 kg front and 1070 kg rear axle load, covering 6 vehicle variants in the Eibach application list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-15-021-02-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25–45 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20–40 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.8 TFSI, 2.0 TFSI, 1.6 TDI, 2.0 TDI, 1.4 TFSI, 1.5 TFSI, 35 TFSI, 40 TFSI, 30 TDI, 35 TDI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45 mm front \/ 35–40 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.8 TSI, 2.0 TSI, 1.6 TDI, 2.0 TDI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45 mm front \/ 40 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.0 Cupra, 2.0 Cupra R:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25 mm front \/ 20 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1100 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1070 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-02-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-15-021-01-HA, M45-85-014-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABE2015021.pdf, E2015021.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 vehicles, 9 fitment rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 25–45 mm at the front and 20–40 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Audi A3 (8V1, 8VK), 04\/2012–10\/2020, FWD; Audi A3 Sportback (8VA, 8VF), from 09\/2012, FWD; Audi A3 Saloon \/ Sedan (8VS, 8VM), from 09\/2012, FWD; Seat Leon (5F1), 09\/2012–08\/2020, FWD; Seat Leon (5F1), 10\/2013–08\/2020, FWD; Seat Leon Van\/Hatchback (5F1), 09\/2012–08\/2020, FWD; Seat Leon Van\/Hatchback (5F1), 10\/2013–08\/2020, FWD; Seat Leon SC (5F5), from 09\/2012, FWD; and Seat Leon SC (5F5), from 10\/2013, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-02-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-15-021-01-HA · M45-85-014-01-01). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor cars with independent suspension at the rear axle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57407278514500,"sku":"E20-15-021-02-22","price":212.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-65-015-01-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-65-015-01-22 – Opel Corsa (S07, X15)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-65-015-01-22 for the Opel Corsa D (S07), lowering the car by 40 mm at the front and 30 mm at the rear, approved to 885 kg front and 845 kg rear axle load, covering 4 vehicle variants in the Eibach application list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-65-015-01-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 885 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 845 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-65-015-01-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-65-015-01-HA\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E2065015.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 vehicles, 4 fitment rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 40 mm at the front and 30 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Opel Corsa D (S07), 07\/2006–08\/2014, FWD; Opel Corsa D VAN (S07), 07\/2006–08\/2014, FWD; Opel Corsa E (X15), from 09\/2014, FWD; and Opel Corsa E VAN (X15), from 09\/2014, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse every suspension part we list for this car in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suspension-opel\"\u003eOpel\u003c\/a\u003e collection. The full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-65-015-01-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-65-015-01-HA). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411431924036,"sku":"E20-65-015-01-22","price":180.58,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-65-015-02-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-65-015-02-22 – Opel Corsa (S07, X15)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-65-015-02-22 for the Opel Corsa D (S07), lowering the car by 15–40 mm at the front and 10–30 mm at the rear, approved to 990 kg front and 845 kg rear axle load, covering 4 vehicle variants in the Eibach application list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-65-015-02-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–40 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10–30 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.0, 1.4, 1.3 CDTI, 1.7 CDTI, 1.4 Turbo, 1.6 Turbo:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 mm front \/ 30 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.6 Turbo:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25 mm front \/ 20 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.6 Turbo OPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 mm front \/ 10 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 990 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 845 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-65-015-02-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-65-015-01-HA\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E2065015.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 vehicles, 6 fitment rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 15–40 mm at the front and 10–30 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Opel Corsa D (S07), 07\/2006–08\/2014, FWD; Opel Corsa D VAN (S07), 07\/2006–08\/2014, FWD; Opel Corsa E (X15), from 09\/2014, FWD; and Opel Corsa E VAN (X15), from 09\/2014, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse every suspension part we list for this car in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suspension-opel\"\u003eOpel\u003c\/a\u003e collection. The full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-65-015-02-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-65-015-01-HA). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot for \"Nürburgring-Edition\" (211 HP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411432644932,"sku":"E20-65-015-02-22","price":180.58,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-70-004-01-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-70-004-01-22 – Peugeot 307 (3A, C)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-70-004-01-22 for the Peugeot 307 (3A\/C), lowering the car by 40–50 mm at the front and 30 mm at the rear, approved to 1020 kg front and 900 kg rear axle load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-70-004-01-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40–50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1020 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 900 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-70-004-01-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-70-004-01-HA\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-70-004-01-22.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 vehicle, 1 fitment row\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 40–50 mm at the front and 30 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Peugeot 307 (3A\/C), 08\/2000–04\/2012 — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-70-004-01-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-70-004-01-HA). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411433726276,"sku":"E20-70-004-01-22","price":180.58,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-75-001-01-20","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-75-001-01-20 – Renault Clio I (B, C57, 5, 357)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-75-001-01-20 for the Renault Clio I (B\/C57_, 5\/357_), lowering the car by 45–50 mm at the front and 30 mm at the rear, approved to 770 kg front and 725 kg rear axle load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-75-001-01-20\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 770 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 725 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-75-001-01-VA\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring column also lists:\u003c\/strong\u003e torsion-bar adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E207500101.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 vehicle, 1 fitment row\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 45–50 mm at the front and 30 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Renault Clio I (B\/C57_, 5\/357_), 05\/1990–09\/1998 — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse every suspension part we list for this car in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suspension-renault\"\u003eRenault\u003c\/a\u003e collection. The full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-75-001-01-VA (the Eibach spring column also lists: torsion-bar adjustment)). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411434217796,"sku":"E20-75-001-01-20","price":108.85,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-75-001-02-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-75-001-02-22 – Renault Clio II (BB, CB)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-75-001-02-22 for the Renault Clio II \/ Lutecia (BB_, CB_), lowering the car by 45–50 mm at the front and 30 mm at the rear, approved to 800 kg front and 785 kg rear axle load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-75-001-02-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 800 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 785 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-75-001-01-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-75-001-02-HA\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E207500102.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e M207500102.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 vehicle, 1 fitment row\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 45–50 mm at the front and 30 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Renault Clio II \/ Lutecia (BB_, CB_), from 09\/1998, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse every suspension part we list for this car in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suspension-renault\"\u003eRenault\u003c\/a\u003e collection. The full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-75-001-01-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-75-001-02-HA). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411435626820,"sku":"E20-75-001-02-22","price":185.61,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-75-001-03-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-75-001-03-22 – Renault Clio II (BB, CB)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-75-001-03-22 for the Renault Clio II \/ Lutecia (BB_, CB_), lowering the car by 45–50 mm at the front and 30 mm at the rear, approved to 860 kg front and 785 kg rear axle load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-75-001-03-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 860 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 785 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-75-001-03-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-75-001-02-HA\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E207500102.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 vehicle, 1 fitment row\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 45–50 mm at the front and 30 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Renault Clio II \/ Lutecia (BB_, CB_), 09\/1998–09\/2005, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse every suspension part we list for this car in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suspension-renault\"\u003eRenault\u003c\/a\u003e collection. The full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-75-001-03-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-75-001-02-HA). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411436151108,"sku":"E20-75-001-03-22","price":170.51,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-79-002-01-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-79-002-01-22 – Škoda Octavia I (1U2)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-79-002-01-22 for the Skoda Octavia I (1U2), lowering the car by 45–50 mm at the front and 30 mm at the rear, approved to 950 kg front and 1000 kg rear axle load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-79-002-01-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 950 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-85-001-01-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-001-01-HA, M35811100\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E2085001.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e M2015004.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 vehicle, 1 fitment row\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 45–50 mm at the front and 30 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Skoda Octavia I (1U2), 09\/1996–12\/2010, AWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse every suspension part we list for this car in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suspension-skoda-octavia\"\u003eŠkoda Octavia\u003c\/a\u003e collection. The full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-85-001-01-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-001-01-HA · M35811100). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411436544324,"sku":"E20-79-002-01-22","price":162.96,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-79-002-02-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-79-002-02-22 – Škoda Octavia I (1U2)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-79-002-02-22 for the Skoda Octavia I (1U2), lowering the car by 45–50 mm at the front and 30 mm at the rear, approved to 1000 kg front and 1000 kg rear axle load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-79-002-02-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-85-003-01-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-001-01-HA, M35811100\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E2085001.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e M2015004.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 vehicle, 1 fitment row\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 45–50 mm at the front and 30 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Skoda Octavia I (1U2), 09\/1996–12\/2010, AWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse every suspension part we list for this car in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suspension-skoda-octavia\"\u003eŠkoda Octavia\u003c\/a\u003e collection. The full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-85-003-01-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-001-01-HA · M35811100). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411436970308,"sku":"E20-79-002-02-22","price":170.51,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-79-010-01-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-79-010-01-22 – Seat Leon \/ Škoda Octavia \/ Cupra Leon","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-79-010-01-22 for the Cupra Leon Sportstourer (KL8), lowering the car by 30–50 mm at the front and 20–45 mm at the rear, approved to 1000 kg front and 1050 kg rear axle load, covering 6 vehicle variants in the Eibach application list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-79-010-01-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–50 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20–45 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.5 TSI, 1.5 eTSI (110 kW):\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 mm front \/ 20 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.0 TSI, 1.2 TSI, 1.4 TSI, 1.5 TSI, 1.8 TSI, 2.0 TSI, 1.6 TDI, 2.0 TDI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45 mm front \/ 40 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.5 TSI, 1.5 eTSI (MHEV):\u003c\/strong\u003e 35–40 mm front \/ 25–30 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.0 TSI, 1.2 TSI, 1.4 TSI, 1.5 TSI, 1.8 TSI, 1.6 TDI, 2.0 TDI, 2.0 TSI, 1.6 SRE:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40–50 mm front \/ 45 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 1000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 1150 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-01-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-15-021-05-HA, M45-85-014-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional component part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front damper AZ45-85-043-01-03\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABE2015021.pdf, E1081018.pdf, E2015021.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 vehicles, 6 fitment rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 30–50 mm at the front and 20–45 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Cupra Leon Sportstourer (KL8), from 09\/2022, FWD; Seat Leon ST (5F8), from 10\/2013, AWD; Seat Leon ST Van\/Estate (5F8), from 10\/2013, AWD; Seat Leon Sportstourer (KL8), from 03\/2020, AWD; Skoda Octavia III (5E3, NL3, NR3), 11\/2012–10\/2020, FWD; and Skoda Octavia III Combi \/ Station Wagon (5E5), 11\/2012–10\/2020, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-01-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-15-021-05-HA · M45-85-014-01-01). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor cars with independent suspension at the rear axle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe original Volkswagen rubber plate 5Q0 512 149 G (9mm) or 8J0 512 149 (13 mm) can be used optionally for vehicles with heavy equipment variants (e.g. rear wheel, trailer coupling, glas roof, etc.) - detailed information can be found in the parts certificate. This is an optinally exchange for the standard VW rubber plate 5Q0 512 149 F (6mm). Only available from Volkswagen dealers or original parts dealers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411437429060,"sku":"E20-79-010-01-22","price":218.33,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-79-010-02-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-79-010-02-22 – Škoda Octavia III (5E5)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-79-010-02-22 for the Skoda Octavia III Combi \/ Station Wagon (5E5), lowering the car by 40–50 mm at the front and 30–45 mm at the rear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-79-010-02-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40–50 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–45 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.0 TDI 4x4:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40–50 mm front \/ 45 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.0 TDI RS 4x4:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 mm front \/ 30 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1120 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1150 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e F21-79-010-02-FA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-15-021-05-HA, M45-85-014-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E2015021.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 vehicle, 2 fitment rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 40–50 mm at the front and 30–45 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Skoda Octavia III Combi \/ Station Wagon (5E5), 11\/2012–10\/2020, AWD; and Skoda Octavia III Combi \/ Station Wagon (5E5), 11\/2012–10\/2020 — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse every suspension part we list for this car in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suspension-skoda-octavia\"\u003eŠkoda Octavia\u003c\/a\u003e collection. The full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (F21-79-010-02-FA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-15-021-05-HA · M45-85-014-01-01). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor cars with independent suspension at the rear axle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411437887812,"sku":"E20-79-010-02-22","price":212.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-79-014-01-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-79-014-01-22 – Škoda Scala (NW)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-79-014-01-22 for the Skoda Scala (NW), lowering the car by 40 mm, approved to 880 kg front and 930 kg rear axle load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-79-014-01-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 880 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 930 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e F21-81-016-01-FA, F21-79-014-01-RA, M45-85-014-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E2081016.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 vehicle, 1 fitment row\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 40 mm, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Skoda Scala (NW), from 02\/2019, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (F21-81-016-01-FA · F21-79-014-01-RA · M45-85-014-01-01). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411442475332,"sku":"E20-79-014-01-22","price":181.84,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-79-014-02-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-79-014-02-22 – Škoda Scala (NW)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-79-014-02-22 for the Skoda Scala (NW), lowering the car by 40 mm, approved to 935 kg front and 930 kg rear axle load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-79-014-02-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 935 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 930 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-01-VA, F21-79-014-01-RA, M45-85-014-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E2081016.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 vehicle, 1 fitment row\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 40 mm, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Skoda Scala (NW), from 02\/2019, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-01-VA · F21-79-014-01-RA · M45-85-014-01-01). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411442934084,"sku":"E20-79-014-02-22","price":190.65,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-79-014-03-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-79-014-03-22 – Škoda Scala (NW)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-79-014-03-22 for the Skoda Scala (NW), lowering the car by 40 mm, approved to 1010 kg front and 930 kg rear axle load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-79-014-03-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1010 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 930 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-02-VA, F21-79-014-01-RA, M45-85-014-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E2081016.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 vehicle, 1 fitment row\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 40 mm, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Skoda Scala (NW), from 02\/2019, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-02-VA · F21-79-014-01-RA · M45-85-014-01-01). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411443458372,"sku":"E20-79-014-03-22","price":181.84,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-79-016-01-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-79-016-01-22 – Cupra Leon \/ Seat Leon \/ Škoda Octavia","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-79-016-01-22 for the Cupra Leon Sportstourer (KL8), lowering the car by 35–45 mm at the front and 25–40 mm at the rear, approved to 1000 kg front and 1040 kg rear axle load, covering 3 vehicle variants in the Eibach application list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-79-016-01-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35–45 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25–40 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.0 TSI, 1.0 eTSI, 1.5 TSI, 1.5 eTSI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35 mm front \/ 25 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.0 TSI, 1.0 TSI Mild-Hybrid, 1.5 TSI, 1.5 eTSI (MHEV):\u003c\/strong\u003e 40–45 mm front \/ 30–35 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.5 TSI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45 mm front \/ 35–40 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 1000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 1055 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-01-VA, F21-79-016-01-RA, M45-85-014-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional component part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front damper AZ45-85-043-01-02\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E1081018.pdf, E1079016.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 vehicles, 3 fitment rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 35–45 mm at the front and 25–40 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Cupra Leon Sportstourer (KL8), from 09\/2022, FWD; Seat Leon Sportstourer (KL8), from 03\/2020, AWD; and Skoda Octavia IV Combi \/ Station Wagon (NX5), from 11\/2019, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-01-VA · F21-79-016-01-RA · M45-85-014-01-01). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor cars with rear live axle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe original Volkswagen rubber plate 5Q0 512 149 G (9mm) or 8J0 512 149 (13 mm) can be used optionally for vehicles with heavy equipment variants (e.g. rear wheel, trailer coupling, glas roof, etc.) - detailed information can be found in the parts certificate. This is an optinally exchange for the standard VW rubber plate 5Q0 512 149 F (6mm). Only available from Volkswagen dealers or original parts dealers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411444015428,"sku":"E20-79-016-01-22","price":234.69,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-79-016-02-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-79-016-02-22 – Cupra Leon \/ Seat Leon \/ Škoda Octavia","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-79-016-02-22 for the Cupra Leon Sportstourer (KL8), lowering the car by 30–45 mm at the front and 20–40 mm at the rear, approved to 1100 kg front and 1050 kg rear axle load, covering 3 vehicle variants in the Eibach application list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-79-016-02-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–45 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20–40 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.0 TSI, 1.0 eTSI, 1.5 TSI, 1.5 eTSI, 2.0 TDI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 mm front \/ 20 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.0 TSI, 1.0 TSI Mild-Hybrid, 1.5 TSI, 1.5 eTSI (MHEV), 2.0 TDI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35–40 mm front \/ 25–30 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.0 TDI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45 mm front \/ 35–40 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1100 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 1055 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-02-VA, F21-79-016-01-RA, M45-85-014-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional component part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front damper AZ45-85-043-01-02\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E1081018.pdf, E1079016.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 vehicles, 3 fitment rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 30–45 mm at the front and 20–40 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Cupra Leon Sportstourer (KL8), from 09\/2022, FWD; Seat Leon Sportstourer (KL8), from 03\/2020, AWD; and Skoda Octavia IV Combi \/ Station Wagon (NX5), from 11\/2019, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-02-VA · F21-79-016-01-RA · M45-85-014-01-01). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor cars with rear live axle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe original Volkswagen rubber plate 5Q0 512 149 G (9mm) or 8J0 512 149 (13 mm) can be used optionally for vehicles with heavy equipment variants (e.g. rear wheel, trailer coupling, glas roof, etc.) - detailed information can be found in the parts certificate. This is an optinally exchange for the standard VW rubber plate 5Q0 512 149 F (6mm). Only available from Volkswagen dealers or original parts dealers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411444474180,"sku":"E20-79-016-02-22","price":234.69,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-79-016-03-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-79-016-03-22 – Škoda Octavia \/ Cupra Leon \/ Seat Leon","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-79-016-03-22 for the Skoda Octavia IV Combi \/ Station Wagon (NX5), lowering the car by 20–30 mm at the front and 10–25 mm at the rear, approved to 1100 kg front and 1150 kg rear axle load, covering 3 vehicle variants in the Eibach application list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-79-016-03-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20–30 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10–25 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.0 TSI 4Drive, 2.0 TDI 4Drive:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 mm front \/ 10–15 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.0 TFSI 4Drive, 2.0 TDI 4Drive:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 mm front \/ 20–25 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.0 TSI RS, 2.0 TDI RS:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 mm front \/ 15 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.0 TDI RS 4x4:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 mm front \/ 25 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 1110 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 1150 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e F21-85-051-05-FA, F21-79-016-03-RA, M45-85-014-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional component part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front damper AZ45-85-043-01-03\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E1081018.pdf, E1079016.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 vehicles, 4 fitment rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 20–30 mm at the front and 10–25 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Cupra Leon Sportstourer (KL8), from 06\/2021, FWD; Seat Leon Sportstourer (KL8), from 11\/2020, AWD; Skoda Octavia IV Combi \/ Station Wagon (NX5), from 03\/2020, FWD; and Skoda Octavia IV Combi \/ Station Wagon (NX5), from 03\/2020, AWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse every suspension part we list for this car in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suspension-skoda-octavia\"\u003eŠkoda Octavia\u003c\/a\u003e collection. The full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (F21-85-051-05-FA · F21-79-016-03-RA · M45-85-014-01-01). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor cars with independent suspension at the rear axle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe original Volkswagen rubber plate 5Q0 512 149 G (9mm) or 8J0 512 149 (13 mm) can be used optionally for vehicles with heavy equipment variants (e.g. rear wheel, trailer coupling, glas roof, etc.) - detailed information can be found in the parts certificate. This is an optinally exchange for the standard VW rubber plate 5Q0 512 149 F (6mm). Only available from Volkswagen dealers or original parts dealers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411445031236,"sku":"E20-79-016-03-22","price":249.16,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-79-017-01-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-79-017-01-22 – Cupra Leon \/ Seat Leon and more","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-79-017-01-22 for the Cupra Leon (KL1), lowering the car by 30–50 mm at the front and 20–40 mm at the rear, approved to 1100 kg front and 1055 kg rear axle load, covering 7 vehicle variants in the Eibach application list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-79-017-01-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–50 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20–40 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.4 TSI e-Hybrid (PHEV), 1.4 e-Hybrid (PHEV):\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 mm front \/ 20 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.4 TSI e-Hybrid (PHEV):\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 mm front \/ 30 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.5 TSI MHEV, 1.5 eTSI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm front \/ 35–40 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 1100 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 1110 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-02-VA, F21-79-016-03-RA, M45-85-014-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional component part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front damper AZ45-85-043-01-03\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E1081018.pdf, E1079017.pdf, E1085065.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 vehicles, 7 fitment rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 30–50 mm at the front and 20–40 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Cupra Leon (KL1), from 06\/2021, FWD; Cupra Leon Sportstourer (KL8), from 09\/2020, FWD; Seat Leon (KL1, KU1), from 09\/2020, FWD; Seat Leon Sportstourer (KL8), from 03\/2020, AWD; Skoda Superb IV (NZ3), from 11\/2023, FWD; Skoda Superb IV Estate \/ Estate (NZ5), from 11\/2023, FWD; and Volkswagen Passat Variant B9 (CJ5), from 10\/2023, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-02-VA · F21-79-016-03-RA · M45-85-014-01-01). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor cars with independent suspension at the rear axle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe original Volkswagen rubber plate 5Q0 512 149 G (9mm) or 8J0 512 149 (13 mm) can be used optionally for vehicles with heavy equipment variants (e.g. rear wheel, trailer coupling, glas roof, etc.) - detailed information can be found in the parts certificate. This is an optinally exchange for the standard VW rubber plate 5Q0 512 149 F (6mm). Only available from Volkswagen dealers or original parts dealers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePR-Code UB1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411445555524,"sku":"E20-79-017-01-22","price":244.76,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-81-003-01-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-81-003-01-22 – Seat Leon I (1M1)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-81-003-01-22 for the Seat Leon (1M1), lowering the car by 45–50 mm at the front and 30 mm at the rear, approved to 950 kg front and 1000 kg rear axle load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-81-003-01-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 950 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-85-001-01-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-001-01-HA, M35811100\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E2085001.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e M2015004.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 vehicle, 1 fitment row\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 45–50 mm at the front and 30 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Seat Leon (1M1), 11\/1999–06\/2006, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-85-001-01-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-001-01-HA · M35811100). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhen the car is lowered more than 40 mm in combination with a drive shaft diameter more than 42 mm, please make sure that there is sufficient distance between the stabilizer and the drive shaft. It maybe necessary to install another anti-roll bar or other coupling rod.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411446014276,"sku":"E20-81-003-01-22","price":181.84,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-81-003-02-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-81-003-02-22 – Seat Leon I (1M1)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-81-003-02-22 for the Seat Leon (1M1), lowering the car by 45–50 mm at the front and 30 mm at the rear, approved to 1000 kg front and 1000 kg rear axle load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-81-003-02-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-85-003-01-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-001-01-HA, M35811100\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E2085001.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e M2015004.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 vehicle, 1 fitment row\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 45–50 mm at the front and 30 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Seat Leon (1M1), 11\/1999–06\/2006, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-85-003-01-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-001-01-HA · M35811100). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhen the car is lowered more than 40 mm in combination with a drive shaft diameter more than 42 mm, please make sure that there is sufficient distance between the stabilizer and the drive shaft. It maybe necessary to install another anti-roll bar or other coupling rod.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411446407492,"sku":"E20-81-003-02-22","price":189.39,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-81-004-01-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-81-004-01-22 – Seat Toledo II (1M2)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-81-004-01-22 for the Seat Toledo II (1M2), lowering the car by 45–50 mm at the front and 30 mm at the rear, approved to 950 kg front and 1000 kg rear axle load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-81-004-01-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 950 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-85-001-01-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-001-01-HA, M35811100\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-81-004-01-22.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 vehicle, 1 fitment row\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 45–50 mm at the front and 30 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Seat Toledo II (1M2), 04\/1999–05\/2006, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-85-001-01-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-001-01-HA · M35811100). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhen the car is lowered more than 40 mm in combination with a drive shaft diameter more than 42 mm, please make sure that there is sufficient distance between the stabilizer and the drive shaft. It maybe necessary to install another anti-roll bar or other coupling rod.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411447390532,"sku":"E20-81-004-01-22","price":149.12,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-81-004-02-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-81-004-02-22 – Seat Toledo II (1M2)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-81-004-02-22 for the Seat Toledo II (1M2), lowering the car by 45–50 mm at the front and 30 mm at the rear, approved to 1000 kg front and 1000 kg rear axle load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-81-004-02-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-85-003-01-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-001-01-HA, M35811100\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-81-004-02-22.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 vehicle, 1 fitment row\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 45–50 mm at the front and 30 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Seat Toledo II (1M2), 04\/1999–05\/2006, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-85-003-01-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-001-01-HA · M35811100). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhen the car is lowered more than 40 mm in combination with a drive shaft diameter more than 42 mm, please make sure that there is sufficient distance between the stabilizer and the drive shaft. It maybe necessary to install another anti-roll bar or other coupling rod.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411447783748,"sku":"E20-81-004-02-22","price":149.12,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-81-009-01-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-81-009-01-22 – Seat Leon II (1P1)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-81-009-01-22 for the Seat Leon (1P1), lowering the car by 45–50 mm at the front and 35 mm at the rear, approved to 1040 kg front and 930 kg rear axle load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-81-009-01-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1040 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 930 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-15-007-01-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-014-01-HA, M45-85-014-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABE2015007.pdf, E2015007.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 vehicle, 1 fitment row\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 45–50 mm at the front and 35 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Seat Leon (1P1), 05\/2005–12\/2012, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-15-007-01-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-014-01-HA · M45-85-014-01-01). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411448308036,"sku":"E20-81-009-01-22","price":184.36,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-81-009-02-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-81-009-02-22 – Seat Leon II (1P1)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-81-009-02-22 for the Seat Leon (1P1), lowering the car by 20–50 mm at the front and 30–35 mm at the rear, approved to 1130 kg front and 930 kg rear axle load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-81-009-02-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20–50 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–35 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.8, 1.8 TSI, 1.6 TDI, 1.9 TDI, 2.0 FSI, 2.0 TDI, 2.0 TSI, 2.0 TFSI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm front \/ 35 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.0 TFSI, 2.0 Cupra R:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 mm front \/ 30 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1130 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 930 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-15-007-02-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-014-01-HA, M45-85-014-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABE2015007.pdf, E2015007.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 vehicle, 2 fitment rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 20–50 mm at the front and 30–35 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Seat Leon (1P1), 05\/2005–12\/2012, FWD; and Seat Leon (1P1), 11\/2006–12\/2012, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-15-007-02-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-014-01-HA · M45-85-014-01-01). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411448799556,"sku":"E20-81-009-02-22","price":184.36,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-81-016-01-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-81-016-01-22 – Seat Ibiza \/ VW Polo \/ Škoda Fabia","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-81-016-01-22 for the Seat Ibiza V (KJ1), lowering the car by 35–45 mm at the front and 30–40 mm at the rear, approved to 880 kg front and 870 kg rear axle load, covering 3 vehicle variants in the Eibach application list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-81-016-01-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35–45 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–40 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.0, 1.0 MPi, 1.0 TSI, 1.6:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35–40 mm front \/ 40 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.0 MPI, 1.6:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45 mm front \/ 35–40 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.0, 1.0 TSI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35–45 mm front \/ 30–35 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 880 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 870 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e F21-81-016-01-FA, F21-81-016-01-RA, M45-85-014-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E2081016.pdf, E1081016S.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 vehicles, 3 fitment rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 35–45 mm at the front and 30–40 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Seat Ibiza V (KJ1), from 01\/2017, FWD; Skoda Fabia IV (PJ3), from 06\/2021, FWD; and Volkswagen Polo (AW1, BZ1), from 06\/2017, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (F21-81-016-01-FA · F21-81-016-01-RA · M45-85-014-01-01). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411449258308,"sku":"E20-81-016-01-22","price":183.1,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-81-016-02-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-81-016-02-22 – Seat Ibiza \/ VW Polo \/ Škoda Fabia","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-81-016-02-22 for the Seat Ibiza V (KJ1), lowering the car by 35–50 mm at the front and 30–40 mm at the rear, approved to 935 kg front and 870 kg rear axle load, covering 3 vehicle variants in the Eibach application list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-81-016-02-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35–50 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–40 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.0 TSI, 1.5 TSI, 1.6:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35–40 mm front \/ 40 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.0 TSI, 1.6:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm front \/ 35–40 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.0 TSI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35–45 mm front \/ 30–35 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 935 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 870 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-01-VA, F21-81-016-01-RA, M45-85-014-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E2081016.pdf, E1081016S.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 vehicles, 3 fitment rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 35–50 mm at the front and 30–40 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Seat Ibiza V (KJ1), from 01\/2017, FWD; Skoda Fabia IV (PJ3), from 06\/2021, FWD; and Volkswagen Polo (AW1, BZ1), from 06\/2017, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-01-VA · F21-81-016-01-RA · M45-85-014-01-01). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411451322692,"sku":"E20-81-016-02-22","price":183.73,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-81-016-03-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-81-016-03-22 – Seat Ibiza \/ VW Polo \/ Škoda Fabia","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-81-016-03-22 for the Seat Ibiza V (KJ1), lowering the car by 35–50 mm at the front and 30–40 mm at the rear, approved to 1010 kg front and 870 kg rear axle load, covering 3 vehicle variants in the Eibach application list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-81-016-03-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35–50 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–40 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.6 TDI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35–40 mm front \/ 40 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.0 TSI, 1.5 TSI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm front \/ 35–40 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.5 TSI, 1.6 TDI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35–45 mm front \/ 30–35 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 1010 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 870 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-02-VA, F21-81-016-01-RA, M45-85-014-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E2081016.pdf, E1081016S.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 vehicles, 3 fitment rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 35–50 mm at the front and 30–40 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Seat Ibiza V (KJ1), from 01\/2017, FWD; Skoda Fabia IV (PJ3), from 06\/2021, FWD; and Volkswagen Polo (AW1, BZ1), from 11\/2017, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-02-VA · F21-81-016-01-RA · M45-85-014-01-01). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411451846980,"sku":"E20-81-016-03-22","price":184.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-81-016-04-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-81-016-04-22 – VW Polo VI (AW1, BZ1, AE1)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-81-016-04-22 for the Volkswagen Polo (AW1, BZ1), lowering the car by 30 mm at the front and 35–40 mm at the rear, approved to 1010 kg front and 870 kg rear axle load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-81-016-04-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35–40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1010 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 870 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-02-VA, F21-81-016-01-RA\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E2081016.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 vehicle, 1 fitment row\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 30 mm at the front and 35–40 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Volkswagen Polo (AW1, BZ1), from 11\/2017, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse every suspension part we list for this car in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suspension-volkswagen-polo\"\u003eVolkswagen Polo\u003c\/a\u003e collection. The full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-02-VA · F21-81-016-01-RA). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411452305732,"sku":"E20-81-016-04-22","price":183.73,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-85-001-01-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-85-001-01-22 – VW Bora, Golf","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-85-001-01-22 for the Volkswagen Bora (1J2), lowering the car by 45–50 mm at the front and 30–35 mm at the rear, approved to 950 kg front and 1000 kg rear axle load, covering 2 vehicle variants in the Eibach application list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-85-001-01-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–35 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 950 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-85-001-01-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-001-01-HA, M35811100\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E2085001.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e M2015004.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 vehicles, 2 fitment rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 45–50 mm at the front and 30–35 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Volkswagen Bora (1J2), 10\/1998–09\/2005, AWD; and Volkswagen Golf IV (1J1), 08\/1997–06\/2005 — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse every suspension part we list for this car in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suspension-volkswagen\"\u003eVolkswagen\u003c\/a\u003e collection. The full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-85-001-01-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-001-01-HA · M35811100). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhen the car is lowered more than 40 mm in combination with a drive shaft diameter more than 42 mm, please make sure that there is sufficient distance between the stabilizer and the drive shaft. It maybe necessary to install another anti-roll bar or other coupling rod.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411452698948,"sku":"E20-85-001-01-22","price":147.86,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-85-001-02-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-85-001-02-22 – VW Bora, Golf","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-85-001-02-22 for the Volkswagen Bora (1J2), lowering the car by 45–50 mm at the front and 30–35 mm at the rear, approved to 1000 kg front and 1000 kg rear axle load, covering 2 vehicle variants in the Eibach application list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-85-001-02-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–35 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-85-003-01-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-001-01-HA, M35811100\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E2085001.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e M2015004.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 vehicles, 2 fitment rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 45–50 mm at the front and 30–35 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Volkswagen Bora (1J2), 10\/1998–09\/2005, AWD; and Volkswagen Golf IV (1J1), 08\/1997–06\/2005 — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse every suspension part we list for this car in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suspension-volkswagen\"\u003eVolkswagen\u003c\/a\u003e collection. The full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-85-003-01-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-001-01-HA · M35811100). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhen the car is lowered more than 40 mm in combination with a drive shaft diameter more than 42 mm, please make sure that there is sufficient distance between the stabilizer and the drive shaft. It maybe necessary to install another anti-roll bar or other coupling rod.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411453190468,"sku":"E20-85-001-02-22","price":149.12,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-85-003-01-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-85-003-01-22 – VW Golf, Vento","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-85-003-01-22 for the Volkswagen Golf III (1H1), lowering the car by 45–50 mm at the front and 30–35 mm at the rear, approved to 950 kg front and 840 kg rear axle load, covering 2 vehicle variants in the Eibach application list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-85-003-01-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–35 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 950 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 840 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-85-003-01-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-003-01-HA\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-85-003-01-22.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 vehicles, 2 fitment rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 45–50 mm at the front and 30–35 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Volkswagen Golf III (1H1), 09\/1994–07\/1998, FWD; and Volkswagen Vento (1H2), 09\/1994–09\/1998, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse every suspension part we list for this car in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suspension-volkswagen-golf\"\u003eVolkswagen Golf\u003c\/a\u003e collection. The full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-85-003-01-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-003-01-HA). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411453681988,"sku":"E20-85-003-01-22","price":148.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-85-004-01-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-85-004-01-22 – VW Polo III (6N1)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-85-004-01-22 for the Volkswagen Polo (6N1), lowering the car by 45–50 mm at the front and 30–35 mm at the rear, approved to 800 kg front and 750 kg rear axle load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-85-004-01-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–35 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 800 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 750 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-85-003-01-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-004-01-HA\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-85-004-01-22.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 vehicle, 1 fitment row\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 45–50 mm at the front and 30–35 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Volkswagen Polo (6N1), 10\/1994–10\/1999, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse every suspension part we list for this car in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suspension-volkswagen-polo\"\u003eVolkswagen Polo\u003c\/a\u003e collection. The full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-85-003-01-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-004-01-HA). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411454107972,"sku":"E20-85-004-01-22","price":137.79,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-85-004-02-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-85-004-02-22 – VW Polo III (6N2)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-85-004-02-22 for the Volkswagen Polo (6N2), lowering the car by 45–50 mm at the front and 30–35 mm at the rear, approved to 830 kg front and 780 kg rear axle load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-85-004-02-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–35 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 830 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 780 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-85-004-02-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-004-02-HA\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-85-004-02-22.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 vehicle, 1 fitment row\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 45–50 mm at the front and 30–35 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Volkswagen Polo (6N2), 10\/1999–10\/2001, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse every suspension part we list for this car in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suspension-volkswagen-polo\"\u003eVolkswagen Polo\u003c\/a\u003e collection. The full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-85-004-02-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-004-02-HA). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVehicles with manual transmission\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411454599492,"sku":"E20-85-004-02-22","price":137.79,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-85-008-01-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-85-008-01-22 – VW Polo IV (9N, 9A)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-85-008-01-22 for the Volkswagen Polo (9N_), lowering the car by 45–50 mm at the front and 30–35 mm at the rear, approved to 870 kg front and 800 kg rear axle load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-85-008-01-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–35 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 870 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 800 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-85-008-01-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-008-01-HA\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-85-008-01-22.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 vehicle, 1 fitment row\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 45–50 mm at the front and 30–35 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Volkswagen Polo (9N_), 10\/2001–11\/2009, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse every suspension part we list for this car in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suspension-volkswagen-polo\"\u003eVolkswagen Polo\u003c\/a\u003e collection. The full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-85-008-01-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-008-01-HA). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003enot suitable for model \"Cross\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVehicles with manual transmission\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411455123780,"sku":"E20-85-008-01-22","price":149.12,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-85-014-01-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-85-014-01-22 – VW Golf (1K1, 5K1)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-85-014-01-22 for the Volkswagen Golf V (1K1), lowering the car by 20–50 mm at the front and 20–35 mm at the rear, approved to 1040 kg front and 930 kg rear axle load, covering 2 vehicle variants in the Eibach application list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-85-014-01-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20–50 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20–35 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.4, 1.4 FSI, 1.4 TSI, 1.6, 1.6 FSI, 1.6 Multifuel, 2.0, 2.0 FSI, 1.2 TSI, 1.8 TSI, 1.6…:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm front \/ 30–35 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.8 GTI, 2.0 GTI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20–25 mm front \/ 20 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1040 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 930 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-15-007-01-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-014-01-HA, M45-85-014-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABE2015007.pdf, E2015007.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 vehicles, 4 fitment rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 20–50 mm at the front and 20–35 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Volkswagen Golf V (1K1), 10\/2003–02\/2009, FWD; Volkswagen Golf V (1K1), 11\/2005–02\/2009, FWD; and Volkswagen Golf VI (5K1), 10\/2008–11\/2013 — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse every suspension part we list for this car in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suspension-volkswagen-golf\"\u003eVolkswagen Golf\u003c\/a\u003e collection. The full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-15-007-01-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-014-01-HA · M45-85-014-01-01). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003enot suitable for model \"Cross\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411455549764,"sku":"E20-85-014-01-22","price":162.96,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-85-014-02-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-85-014-02-22 – VW Golf (1K1, 5K1)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-85-014-02-22 for the Volkswagen Golf V (1K1), lowering the car by 20–50 mm at the front and 20–35 mm at the rear, approved to 1130 kg front and 930 kg rear axle load, covering 2 vehicle variants in the Eibach application list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-85-014-02-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20–50 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20–35 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.4 TSI, 2.0 FSI, 1.9 TDI, 2.0 TDI, 2.0 TDI 16V, 1.8 TSI, 1.6 TDI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm front \/ 30–35 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.8 GTI, 2.0 GTI, 2.0 TDI, 2.0 TDI 16V:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20–25 mm front \/ 20 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1130 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 930 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-15-007-02-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-014-01-HA, M45-85-014-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABE2015007.pdf, E2015007.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 vehicles, 4 fitment rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 20–50 mm at the front and 20–35 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Volkswagen Golf V (1K1), 10\/2003–02\/2009, FWD; Volkswagen Golf V (1K1), 10\/2004–02\/2009, FWD; Volkswagen Golf VI (5K1), 10\/2008–11\/2013; and Volkswagen Golf VI (5K1), 04\/2009–11\/2013 — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse every suspension part we list for this car in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suspension-volkswagen-golf\"\u003eVolkswagen Golf\u003c\/a\u003e collection. The full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-15-007-02-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-014-01-HA · M45-85-014-01-01). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003enot suitable for model \"Cross\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411456041284,"sku":"E20-85-014-02-22","price":162.33,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-85-014-03-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-85-014-03-22 – VW Golf Plus (5M1, 521)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-85-014-03-22 for the Volkswagen Golf Plus (5M1, 521), lowering the car by 45–50 mm at the front and 30–35 mm at the rear, approved to 1040 kg front and 1010 kg rear axle load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-85-014-03-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–35 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1040 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1010 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-15-007-01-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-15-007-01-HA, M45-85-014-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABE2015007.pdf, E2015007.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 vehicle, 1 fitment row\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 45–50 mm at the front and 30–35 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Volkswagen Golf Plus (5M1, 521), 01\/2005–12\/2013, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse every suspension part we list for this car in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suspension-volkswagen-golf\"\u003eVolkswagen Golf\u003c\/a\u003e collection. The full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-15-007-01-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-15-007-01-HA · M45-85-014-01-01). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411456631108,"sku":"E20-85-014-03-22","price":165.48,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-85-014-04-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-85-014-04-22 – VW Golf Plus (5M1, 521)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-85-014-04-22 for the Volkswagen Golf Plus (5M1, 521), lowering the car by 45–50 mm at the front and 30–35 mm at the rear, approved to 1130 kg front and 1010 kg rear axle load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-85-014-04-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–35 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1130 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1010 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-15-007-02-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-15-007-01-HA, M45-85-014-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABE2015007.pdf, E2015007.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 vehicle, 1 fitment row\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 45–50 mm at the front and 30–35 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Volkswagen Golf Plus (5M1, 521), 01\/2005–12\/2013, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse every suspension part we list for this car in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suspension-volkswagen-golf\"\u003eVolkswagen Golf\u003c\/a\u003e collection. The full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-15-007-02-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-15-007-01-HA · M45-85-014-01-01). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411457089860,"sku":"E20-85-014-04-22","price":167.37,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-85-021-01-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-85-021-01-22 – VW Scirocco III (137, 138)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-85-021-01-22 for the Volkswagen Scirocco (137, 138), lowering the car by 35–40 mm at the front and 30 mm at the rear, approved to 1050 kg front and 770 kg rear axle load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-85-021-01-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35–40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1050 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 770 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-15-007-01-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-021-01-HA\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Export, EXPORT\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 vehicle, 1 fitment row\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 35–40 mm at the front and 30 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Volkswagen Scirocco (137, 138), 05\/2008–11\/2017, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse every suspension part we list for this car in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suspension-volkswagen\"\u003eVolkswagen\u003c\/a\u003e collection. The full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-15-007-01-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-85-021-01-HA). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOnly Export - nor available in Germany - only without Components Certificate!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411458433348,"sku":"E20-85-021-01-22","price":203.23,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-85-051-01-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-85-051-01-22 – VW Golf \/ Cupra Leon \/ Seat Leon","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-85-051-01-22 for the Cupra Leon (KL1), lowering the car by 35–45 mm at the front and 25–40 mm at the rear, covering 4 vehicle variants in the Eibach application list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-85-051-01-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35–45 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25–40 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.0 TSI, 1.0 eTSI, 1.5 TSI, 1.5 eTSI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35 mm front \/ 25 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.0 TSI, 1.0 TSI Mild-Hybrid, 1.5 TSI, 1.5 eTSI (MHEV):\u003c\/strong\u003e 40–45 mm front \/ 30–35 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.0 TSI (ab 81kw \/ from 81kw), 1.0 eTSI (ab 81kw \/ from 81kw), 1.4 TSI, 1.5 TSI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 mm front \/ 40 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.0 TSI (81kw), 1.0 eTSI (81kw), 1.5 TSI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40–45 mm front \/ 35–40 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 1000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 1030 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-01-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-15-021-03-HA, M45-85-014-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional component part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front damper AZ45-85-043-01-02\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E1081018.pdf, E1085051.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 vehicles, 4 fitment rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 35–45 mm at the front and 25–40 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Cupra Leon (KL1), from 06\/2021, FWD; Seat Leon (KL1, KU1), from 11\/2019, FWD; Volkswagen Golf VIII (CD1), from 07\/2019, FWD; and Volkswagen Golf VIII Variant (CG5), from 08\/2020, AWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-01-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-15-021-03-HA · M45-85-014-01-01). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor cars with rear live axle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe original Volkswagen rubber plate 5Q0 512 149 G (9mm) or 8J0 512 149 (13 mm) can be used optionally for vehicles with heavy equipment variants (e.g. rear wheel, trailer coupling, glas roof, etc.) - detailed information can be found in the parts certificate. This is an optinally exchange for the standard VW rubber plate 5Q0 512 149 F (6mm). Only available from Volkswagen dealers or original parts dealers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411459416388,"sku":"E20-85-051-01-22","price":222.74,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-85-051-02-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-85-051-02-22 – VW Golf \/ Cupra Leon \/ Seat Leon","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-85-051-02-22 for the Cupra Leon (KL1), lowering the car by 30–45 mm at the front and 20–40 mm at the rear, covering 4 vehicle variants in the Eibach application list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-85-051-02-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30–45 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20–40 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.0 TSI, 1.0 eTSI, 1.5 TSI, 1.5 eTSI, 2.0 TDI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 mm front \/ 20 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.0 TSI, 1.0 TSI Mild-Hybrid, 1.5 TSI, 1.5 eTSI (MHEV), 2.0 TDI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35–40 mm front \/ 25–30 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.5 eTSI, 2.0 TDI, 2.0 TSI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 mm front \/ 40 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.5 TSI, 1.5 eTSI, 2.0 TDI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40–45 mm front \/ 35–40 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1100 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 1030 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-02-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-15-021-03-HA, M45-85-014-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional component part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front damper AZ45-85-043-01-02\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E1081018.pdf, E1085051.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 vehicles, 4 fitment rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 30–45 mm at the front and 20–40 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Cupra Leon (KL1), from 06\/2021, FWD; Seat Leon (KL1, KU1), from 11\/2019, FWD; Volkswagen Golf VIII (CD1), from 07\/2019, FWD; and Volkswagen Golf VIII Variant (CG5), from 08\/2020, AWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-02-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-15-021-03-HA · M45-85-014-01-01). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor cars with rear live axle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe original Volkswagen rubber plate 5Q0 512 149 G (9mm) or 8J0 512 149 (13 mm) can be used optionally for vehicles with heavy equipment variants (e.g. rear wheel, trailer coupling, glas roof, etc.) - detailed information can be found in the parts certificate. This is an optinally exchange for the standard VW rubber plate 5Q0 512 149 F (6mm). Only available from Volkswagen dealers or original parts dealers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411459875140,"sku":"E20-85-051-02-22","price":222.74,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-85-051-03-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-85-051-03-22 – Audi A3 \/ VW Golf","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-85-051-03-22 for the Audi A3 Saloon (8YS), lowering the car by 40–45 mm, approved to 970 kg front and 980 kg rear axle load, covering 3 vehicle variants in the Eibach application list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-85-051-03-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40–45 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40–45 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30 TFSI, 35 TFSI, 40 TFSI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40–45 mm front \/ 40–45 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.4 TSI, 1.5 TSI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 mm front \/ 40 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 970 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 980 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-01-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-15-021-01-HA, M45-85-014-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E1015021-A.pdf, E1085051.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 vehicles, 5 fitment rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 40–45 mm, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Audi A3 Saloon (8YS), from 05\/2024, AWD; Audi A3 Saloon (8YS), from 04\/2020, AWD; Audi A3 Sportback (8YA), from 05\/2024, FWD; Audi A3 Sportback (8YA), from 11\/2019, FWD; and Volkswagen Golf VIII (CD1), from 07\/2019, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse every suspension part we list for this car in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suspension-audi-a3\"\u003eAudi A3\u003c\/a\u003e collection. The full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-01-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-15-021-01-HA · M45-85-014-01-01). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor cars with independent suspension at the rear axle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe original Volkswagen rubber plate 5Q0 512 149 G (9mm) or 8J0 512 149 (13 mm) can be used optionally for vehicles with heavy equipment variants (e.g. rear wheel, trailer coupling, glas roof, etc.) - detailed information can be found in the parts certificate. This is an optinally exchange for the standard VW rubber plate 5Q0 512 149 F (6mm). Only available from Volkswagen dealers or original parts dealers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411460366660,"sku":"E20-85-051-03-22","price":219.59,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-85-051-04-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-85-051-04-22 – Audi A3 \/ VW Golf","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-85-051-04-22 for the Audi A3 Saloon (8YS), lowering the car by 40–45 mm, approved to 1100 kg front and 980 kg rear axle load, covering 3 vehicle variants in the Eibach application list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-85-051-04-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40–45 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40–45 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30 TDI, 30 TFSI Mild Hybrid, 35 TFSI, 35 TFSI Mild Hybrid, 40 TFSI, 35 TDI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40–45 mm front \/ 40–45 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.5 eTSI, 2.0 TDI, 2.0 TSI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 mm front \/ 40 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1100 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 980 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-02-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-15-021-01-HA, M45-85-014-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E1015021-A.pdf, E1085051.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 vehicles, 5 fitment rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 40–45 mm, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Audi A3 Saloon (8YS), from 04\/2020, AWD; Audi A3 Sportback (8YA), from 11\/2019, FWD; and Volkswagen Golf VIII (CD1), from 07\/2019, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse every suspension part we list for this car in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suspension-audi-a3\"\u003eAudi A3\u003c\/a\u003e collection. The full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-15-021-02-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-15-021-01-HA · M45-85-014-01-01). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor cars with independent suspension at the rear axle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe original Volkswagen rubber plate 5Q0 512 149 G (9mm) or 8J0 512 149 (13 mm) can be used optionally for vehicles with heavy equipment variants (e.g. rear wheel, trailer coupling, glas roof, etc.) - detailed information can be found in the parts certificate. This is an optinally exchange for the standard VW rubber plate 5Q0 512 149 F (6mm). Only available from Volkswagen dealers or original parts dealers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411460890948,"sku":"E20-85-051-04-22","price":222.74,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-85-051-05-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-85-051-05-22 – VW Golf VIII (CD1, DA1)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-85-051-05-22 for the Volkswagen Golf VIII (CD1), lowering the car by 25–30 mm at the front and 15–20 mm at the rear, approved to 1110 kg front and 930 kg rear axle load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-85-051-05-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25–30 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–20 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.0 GTI, 2.0 GTI Clubsport, 2.0 TDI GTD:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25–30 mm front \/ 20 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.0 GTI:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25 mm front \/ 15 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1110 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 930 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e F21-85-051-05-FA, F21-85-051-05-RA\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E108505105.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 vehicle, 2 fitment rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 25–30 mm at the front and 15–20 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Volkswagen Golf VIII (CD1), from 09\/2020, FWD; and Volkswagen Golf VIII (CD1), from 06\/2024, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse every suspension part we list for this car in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suspension-volkswagen-golf\"\u003eVolkswagen Golf\u003c\/a\u003e collection. The full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (F21-85-051-05-FA · F21-85-051-05-RA). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor cars with independent suspension at the rear axle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ereduced lowering by approx. 15 mm with 19-inch original rims (with and without DCC)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411461382468,"sku":"E20-85-051-05-22","price":231.55,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-85-051-06-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-85-051-06-22 – Audi A3 \/ VW Golf","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-85-051-06-22 for the Audi A3 Saloon (8YS), lowering the car by 25–35 mm at the front and 20 mm at the rear, approved to 1125 kg front and 1040 kg rear axle load, covering 3 vehicle variants in the Eibach application list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-85-051-06-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25–35 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 mm, depending on engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40 TDI quattro, 40 TFSI quattro, S3 quattro:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35 mm front \/ 20 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.0 TSI R 4motion:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25 mm front \/ 20 mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 1125 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 1040 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e F21-85-051-05-FA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-15-021-05-HA\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E1015021-A.pdf, E108505105.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 vehicles, 3 fitment rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 25–35 mm at the front and 20 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Audi A3 Saloon (8YS), from 06\/2020, AWD; Audi A3 Sportback (8YA), from 06\/2020, AWD; and Volkswagen Golf VIII (CD1), from 09\/2020, AWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse every suspension part we list for this car in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suspension-audi-a3\"\u003eAudi A3\u003c\/a\u003e collection. The full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (F21-85-051-05-FA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-15-021-05-HA). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor cars with independent suspension at the rear axle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe original Volkswagen rubber plate 5Q0 512 149 G (9mm) or 8J0 512 149 (13 mm) can be used optionally for vehicles with heavy equipment variants (e.g. rear wheel, trailer coupling, glas roof, etc.) - detailed information can be found in the parts certificate. This is an optinally exchange for the standard VW rubber plate 5Q0 512 149 F (6mm). Only available from Volkswagen dealers or original parts dealers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOnly for vehicle with S-sport-suspension (Audi)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411461939524,"sku":"E20-85-051-06-22","price":225.88,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-10-001-02-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-10-001-02-22 – Alfa Romeo 147 (937)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-10-001-02-22 for the Alfa Romeo 147 (937), lowering the car by 45–50 mm at the front and 40 mm at the rear, approved to 1040 kg front and 980 kg rear axle load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-10-001-02-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1040 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 980 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-10-001-01-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-10-001-01-HA\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-10-001-02-22.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 vehicle, 1 fitment row\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 45–50 mm at the front and 40 mm at the rear, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Alfa Romeo 147 (937), 07\/2005–03\/2010, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-10-001-01-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-10-001-01-HA). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411502473540,"sku":"E20-10-001-02-22","price":175.55,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"},{"product_id":"e20-10-002-02-22","title":"Eibach Sportline Lowering Springs E20-10-002-02-22 – Alfa Romeo 156 (932)","description":"\u003cp\u003eEibach Sportline lowering springs E20-10-002-02-22 for the Alfa Romeo 156 (932), lowering the car by 45–50 mm, approved to 1060 kg front and 980 kg rear axle load, covering 2 vehicle variants in the Eibach application list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eibach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sportline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e E20-10-002-02-22\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLowering, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45–50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1060 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermitted axle load, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 980 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring part numbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × front axle spring F21-10-002-02-VA, 2 × rear axle spring F21-10-002-01-HA\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-approval marking:\u003c\/strong\u003e T\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertificate document:\u003c\/strong\u003e E2010002.pdf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplications covered:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 vehicles, 2 fitment rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerformance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSportline is the deep-drop member of the Eibach spring range — 45–50 mm, noticeably lower than Pro-Kit, for the look and the lowest practical centre of gravity. Spring rates rise accordingly, so the car is firmer and wheel travel is shorter. Eibach recommends pairing Sportline springs with sports dampers; standard dampers that are already worn will not control these rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Alfa Romeo 156 (932), 09\/1997–09\/2005, FWD; and Alfa Romeo 156 Sportwagon (932), 05\/2000–05\/2006, FWD — see the full list below. Verify fitment using the vehicle compatibility checker above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full Eibach range and what each line is for is set out on our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/eibach-ranges\"\u003eEibach ranges\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne complete Eibach Sportline spring set for this vehicle — springs for both axles, supplied together as a matched front-and-rear set (2 × front axle spring F21-10-002-02-VA · 2 × rear axle spring F21-10-002-01-HA). Dampers, top mounts, bump stops and fixings are re-used from the vehicle unless the specification table above lists them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by Eibach's manufacturer warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Cover assumes the set is fitted complete and as supplied, by a workshop with the correct spring tooling. Mixing these parts with springs or dampers from another set puts the load outside what this set was tuned for and is not covered. As an official reseller in the EU, Suspengo also handles your statutory conformity rights on this purchase — contact us first and we deal with the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNotes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf not separately named, for vehicles with OE-lowered suspension, the dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer. If not separately named, vehicles with OE-lifted suspension (e.g. Offroad-Package, Crossover) are excluded from use of our products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe specifications indicated in the Components Certificate are for the classification of the item \/ vehicle. Please check the type Components Certificate number of your car and compare with the Components Certificate. (Letter \"K\" in your vehicle registration certificate or to find at the type plate of your car!)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlease verify before fitting by means of the Components Certificate whether the delivered items (please see marking) are approved for your vehicle (please see area of use).You can find the current Components Certificate on www.eibach.de\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIn case of non-conformance the items must not be fitted – please refer to your dealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting - we recommend to have our spring system installed by a qualified workshop only, that has skilled personnel and the required special tools available. - If the installation deviates from the workshop manual, Eibach-Eibach instructions are available online.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting position - you can \"read\" the mounting position of the springs from the imprint - have them installed just the way you read the imprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWheel adjustment - after completion of the spring\/suspension installation, checking the wheel adjustment is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShock absorbers - if the standard shock absorbers are not fully operative anymore and their efficiency has worn off considerably, we strongly recommend to replace those by new standard shock absorbers or by sports shock absorbers, if using lowering springs. This already can be necessary from 40.000 kilometers OE-damper-milage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe installation of Sport-Shock Absobers is recommended with Sportline springs. As example Bilstein B8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHere all wheel\/tyre-combinations are possible, which are released by the wheel type testing institution. The instructions in the wheel Components Certificate have to be adhered to, except for: OE suspension is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDepending on engine, gearbox\/transmission, equipment and vehicle tolerances lowering may differ from the values given. The dimension of lowering is reduced by the dimension of lowering carried out by manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe applicability of our products deals with standard cars. In any case of reconstruction (even with OE-accessory-parts), as the installation of an accessory-brake-system (e.g. ceramic-brakes), sport-suspension, LPG-(liquefied petroleum gas)-system for example, the usage of our products may be excluded. The stated measurements are referring to new standard cars. Measuring points: vertical distance from the middle of the wheel hub to the bottom edge of the mud wing. Generally the stated measurements are nominal values, which can vary depending on every car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has serial electronic damper control this will not be available anymore while using the B12- or Pro-Street-S-suspension kit. You will see a trouble code. This can be re-programed by an official garage\/dealership. If available for your vehicle, we recommend to use Pro-Tronic to avoid the trouble code.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWithout levelling control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcept vehicels with 4WD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Eibach","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57411502801220,"sku":"E20-10-002-02-22","price":198.83,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/files\/eibach-sportline-lowering-springs-clean.jpg?v=1791831021"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0963\/9664\/0580\/collections\/eibach-sportline-banner.jpg?v=1792582739","url":"https:\/\/suspengo.com\/collections\/eibach-sportline.oembed?page=3","provider":"Suspengo","version":"1.0","type":"link"}